freebsd-nq/sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c

2275 lines
55 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*-
* Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Kip Macy
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
#include "opt_inet.h"
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/systm.h>
#include <sys/sockio.h>
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
#include <sys/malloc.h>
#include <sys/module.h>
#include <sys/kernel.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#include <sys/queue.h>
#include <sys/lock.h>
#include <sys/sx.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <net/if_arp.h>
#include <net/ethernet.h>
#include <net/if_dl.h>
#include <net/if_media.h>
#include <net/bpf.h>
#include <net/if_types.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <netinet/in_systm.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <netinet/ip.h>
#include <netinet/if_ether.h>
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
#include <netinet/tcp.h>
#include <netinet/tcp_lro.h>
#endif
#include <vm/vm.h>
#include <vm/pmap.h>
#include <machine/clock.h> /* for DELAY */
#include <machine/bus.h>
#include <machine/resource.h>
#include <machine/frame.h>
#include <machine/vmparam.h>
#include <sys/bus.h>
#include <sys/rman.h>
#include <machine/intr_machdep.h>
#include <machine/xen/xen-os.h>
#include <machine/xen/xenfunc.h>
#include <machine/xen/xenvar.h>
#include <xen/hypervisor.h>
#include <xen/xen_intr.h>
#include <xen/evtchn.h>
#include <xen/gnttab.h>
#include <xen/interface/memory.h>
#include <xen/interface/io/netif.h>
#include <xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h>
#include <dev/xen/netfront/mbufq.h>
#include "xenbus_if.h"
/* Features supported by all backends. TSO and LRO can be negotiated */
#define XN_CSUM_FEATURES (CSUM_TCP | CSUM_UDP)
#define NET_TX_RING_SIZE __RING_SIZE((netif_tx_sring_t *)0, PAGE_SIZE)
#define NET_RX_RING_SIZE __RING_SIZE((netif_rx_sring_t *)0, PAGE_SIZE)
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
/*
* Should the driver do LRO on the RX end
* this can be toggled on the fly, but the
* interface must be reset (down/up) for it
* to take effect.
*/
static int xn_enable_lro = 1;
TUNABLE_INT("hw.xn.enable_lro", &xn_enable_lro);
#else
#define IFCAP_TSO4 0
#define CSUM_TSO 0
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_XEN
static int MODPARM_rx_copy = 0;
module_param_named(rx_copy, MODPARM_rx_copy, bool, 0);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(rx_copy, "Copy packets from network card (rather than flip)");
static int MODPARM_rx_flip = 0;
module_param_named(rx_flip, MODPARM_rx_flip, bool, 0);
MODULE_PARM_DESC(rx_flip, "Flip packets from network card (rather than copy)");
#else
static const int MODPARM_rx_copy = 1;
static const int MODPARM_rx_flip = 0;
#endif
/**
* \brief The maximum allowed data fragments in a single transmit
* request.
*
* This limit is imposed by the backend driver. We assume here that
* we are dealing with a Linux driver domain and have set our limit
* to mirror the Linux MAX_SKB_FRAGS constant.
*/
#define MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS (65536 / PAGE_SIZE + 2)
#define RX_COPY_THRESHOLD 256
#define net_ratelimit() 0
struct netfront_info;
struct netfront_rx_info;
static void xn_txeof(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_rxeof(struct netfront_info *);
static void network_alloc_rx_buffers(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_tick_locked(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_tick(void *);
static void xn_intr(void *);
static inline int xn_count_frags(struct mbuf *m);
static int xn_assemble_tx_request(struct netfront_info *sc,
struct mbuf *m_head);
static void xn_start_locked(struct ifnet *);
static void xn_start(struct ifnet *);
static int xn_ioctl(struct ifnet *, u_long, caddr_t);
static void xn_ifinit_locked(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_ifinit(void *);
static void xn_stop(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_query_features(struct netfront_info *np);
static int xn_configure_features(struct netfront_info *np);
#ifdef notyet
static void xn_watchdog(struct ifnet *);
#endif
static void show_device(struct netfront_info *sc);
#ifdef notyet
static void netfront_closing(device_t dev);
#endif
static void netif_free(struct netfront_info *info);
static int netfront_detach(device_t dev);
static int talk_to_backend(device_t dev, struct netfront_info *info);
static int create_netdev(device_t dev);
static void netif_disconnect_backend(struct netfront_info *info);
static int setup_device(device_t dev, struct netfront_info *info);
static void free_ring(int *ref, void *ring_ptr_ref);
static int xn_ifmedia_upd(struct ifnet *ifp);
static void xn_ifmedia_sts(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifmediareq *ifmr);
/* Xenolinux helper functions */
int network_connect(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_free_rx_ring(struct netfront_info *);
static void xn_free_tx_ring(struct netfront_info *);
static int xennet_get_responses(struct netfront_info *np,
struct netfront_rx_info *rinfo, RING_IDX rp, RING_IDX *cons,
struct mbuf **list, int *pages_flipped_p);
#define virt_to_mfn(x) (vtomach(x) >> PAGE_SHIFT)
#define INVALID_P2M_ENTRY (~0UL)
/*
* Mbuf pointers. We need these to keep track of the virtual addresses
* of our mbuf chains since we can only convert from virtual to physical,
* not the other way around. The size must track the free index arrays.
*/
struct xn_chain_data {
struct mbuf *xn_tx_chain[NET_TX_RING_SIZE+1];
int xn_tx_chain_cnt;
struct mbuf *xn_rx_chain[NET_RX_RING_SIZE+1];
};
#define NUM_ELEMENTS(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof(*x))
struct net_device_stats
{
u_long rx_packets; /* total packets received */
u_long tx_packets; /* total packets transmitted */
u_long rx_bytes; /* total bytes received */
u_long tx_bytes; /* total bytes transmitted */
u_long rx_errors; /* bad packets received */
u_long tx_errors; /* packet transmit problems */
u_long rx_dropped; /* no space in linux buffers */
u_long tx_dropped; /* no space available in linux */
u_long multicast; /* multicast packets received */
u_long collisions;
/* detailed rx_errors: */
u_long rx_length_errors;
u_long rx_over_errors; /* receiver ring buff overflow */
u_long rx_crc_errors; /* recved pkt with crc error */
u_long rx_frame_errors; /* recv'd frame alignment error */
u_long rx_fifo_errors; /* recv'r fifo overrun */
u_long rx_missed_errors; /* receiver missed packet */
/* detailed tx_errors */
u_long tx_aborted_errors;
u_long tx_carrier_errors;
u_long tx_fifo_errors;
u_long tx_heartbeat_errors;
u_long tx_window_errors;
/* for cslip etc */
u_long rx_compressed;
u_long tx_compressed;
};
struct netfront_info {
struct ifnet *xn_ifp;
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
struct lro_ctrl xn_lro;
#endif
struct net_device_stats stats;
u_int tx_full;
netif_tx_front_ring_t tx;
netif_rx_front_ring_t rx;
struct mtx tx_lock;
struct mtx rx_lock;
struct mtx sc_lock;
u_int handle;
u_int irq;
u_int copying_receiver;
u_int carrier;
u_int maxfrags;
/* Receive-ring batched refills. */
#define RX_MIN_TARGET 32
#define RX_MAX_TARGET NET_RX_RING_SIZE
int rx_min_target;
int rx_max_target;
int rx_target;
grant_ref_t gref_tx_head;
grant_ref_t grant_tx_ref[NET_TX_RING_SIZE + 1];
grant_ref_t gref_rx_head;
grant_ref_t grant_rx_ref[NET_TX_RING_SIZE + 1];
device_t xbdev;
int tx_ring_ref;
int rx_ring_ref;
uint8_t mac[ETHER_ADDR_LEN];
struct xn_chain_data xn_cdata; /* mbufs */
struct mbuf_head xn_rx_batch; /* head of the batch queue */
int xn_if_flags;
struct callout xn_stat_ch;
u_long rx_pfn_array[NET_RX_RING_SIZE];
multicall_entry_t rx_mcl[NET_RX_RING_SIZE+1];
mmu_update_t rx_mmu[NET_RX_RING_SIZE];
struct ifmedia sc_media;
};
#define rx_mbufs xn_cdata.xn_rx_chain
#define tx_mbufs xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain
#define XN_LOCK_INIT(_sc, _name) \
mtx_init(&(_sc)->tx_lock, #_name"_tx", "network transmit lock", MTX_DEF); \
mtx_init(&(_sc)->rx_lock, #_name"_rx", "network receive lock", MTX_DEF); \
mtx_init(&(_sc)->sc_lock, #_name"_sc", "netfront softc lock", MTX_DEF)
#define XN_RX_LOCK(_sc) mtx_lock(&(_sc)->rx_lock)
#define XN_RX_UNLOCK(_sc) mtx_unlock(&(_sc)->rx_lock)
#define XN_TX_LOCK(_sc) mtx_lock(&(_sc)->tx_lock)
#define XN_TX_UNLOCK(_sc) mtx_unlock(&(_sc)->tx_lock)
#define XN_LOCK(_sc) mtx_lock(&(_sc)->sc_lock);
#define XN_UNLOCK(_sc) mtx_unlock(&(_sc)->sc_lock);
#define XN_LOCK_ASSERT(_sc) mtx_assert(&(_sc)->sc_lock, MA_OWNED);
#define XN_RX_LOCK_ASSERT(_sc) mtx_assert(&(_sc)->rx_lock, MA_OWNED);
#define XN_TX_LOCK_ASSERT(_sc) mtx_assert(&(_sc)->tx_lock, MA_OWNED);
#define XN_LOCK_DESTROY(_sc) mtx_destroy(&(_sc)->rx_lock); \
mtx_destroy(&(_sc)->tx_lock); \
mtx_destroy(&(_sc)->sc_lock);
struct netfront_rx_info {
struct netif_rx_response rx;
struct netif_extra_info extras[XEN_NETIF_EXTRA_TYPE_MAX - 1];
};
#define netfront_carrier_on(netif) ((netif)->carrier = 1)
#define netfront_carrier_off(netif) ((netif)->carrier = 0)
#define netfront_carrier_ok(netif) ((netif)->carrier)
/* Access macros for acquiring freeing slots in xn_free_{tx,rx}_idxs[]. */
/*
* Access macros for acquiring freeing slots in tx_skbs[].
*/
static inline void
add_id_to_freelist(struct mbuf **list, uintptr_t id)
{
KASSERT(id != 0,
("%s: the head item (0) must always be free.", __func__));
list[id] = list[0];
list[0] = (struct mbuf *)id;
}
static inline unsigned short
get_id_from_freelist(struct mbuf **list)
{
uintptr_t id;
id = (uintptr_t)list[0];
KASSERT(id != 0,
("%s: the head item (0) must always remain free.", __func__));
list[0] = list[id];
return (id);
}
static inline int
xennet_rxidx(RING_IDX idx)
{
return idx & (NET_RX_RING_SIZE - 1);
}
static inline struct mbuf *
xennet_get_rx_mbuf(struct netfront_info *np, RING_IDX ri)
{
int i = xennet_rxidx(ri);
struct mbuf *m;
m = np->rx_mbufs[i];
np->rx_mbufs[i] = NULL;
return (m);
}
static inline grant_ref_t
xennet_get_rx_ref(struct netfront_info *np, RING_IDX ri)
{
int i = xennet_rxidx(ri);
grant_ref_t ref = np->grant_rx_ref[i];
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
KASSERT(ref != GRANT_REF_INVALID, ("Invalid grant reference!\n"));
np->grant_rx_ref[i] = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
return ref;
}
#define IPRINTK(fmt, args...) \
printf("[XEN] " fmt, ##args)
#ifdef INVARIANTS
#define WPRINTK(fmt, args...) \
printf("[XEN] " fmt, ##args)
#else
#define WPRINTK(fmt, args...)
#endif
#ifdef DEBUG
#define DPRINTK(fmt, args...) \
printf("[XEN] %s: " fmt, __func__, ##args)
#else
#define DPRINTK(fmt, args...)
#endif
/**
* Read the 'mac' node at the given device's node in the store, and parse that
* as colon-separated octets, placing result the given mac array. mac must be
* a preallocated array of length ETH_ALEN (as declared in linux/if_ether.h).
* Return 0 on success, or errno on error.
*/
static int
xen_net_read_mac(device_t dev, uint8_t mac[])
{
int error, i;
char *s, *e, *macstr;
const char *path;
path = xenbus_get_node(dev);
error = xs_read(XST_NIL, path, "mac", NULL, (void **) &macstr);
if (error == ENOENT) {
/*
* Deal with missing mac XenStore nodes on devices with
* HVM emulation (the 'ioemu' configuration attribute)
* enabled.
*
* The HVM emulator may execute in a stub device model
* domain which lacks the permission, only given to Dom0,
* to update the guest's XenStore tree. For this reason,
* the HVM emulator doesn't even attempt to write the
* front-side mac node, even when operating in Dom0.
* However, there should always be a mac listed in the
* backend tree. Fallback to this version if our query
* of the front side XenStore location doesn't find
* anything.
*/
path = xenbus_get_otherend_path(dev);
error = xs_read(XST_NIL, path, "mac", NULL, (void **) &macstr);
}
if (error != 0) {
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, error, "parsing %s/mac", path);
return (error);
}
s = macstr;
for (i = 0; i < ETHER_ADDR_LEN; i++) {
mac[i] = strtoul(s, &e, 16);
if (s == e || (e[0] != ':' && e[0] != 0)) {
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
free(macstr, M_XENBUS);
return (ENOENT);
}
s = &e[1];
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
free(macstr, M_XENBUS);
return (0);
}
/**
* Entry point to this code when a new device is created. Allocate the basic
* structures and the ring buffers for communication with the backend, and
* inform the backend of the appropriate details for those. Switch to
* Connected state.
*/
static int
netfront_probe(device_t dev)
{
if (!strcmp(xenbus_get_type(dev), "vif")) {
device_set_desc(dev, "Virtual Network Interface");
return (0);
}
return (ENXIO);
}
static int
netfront_attach(device_t dev)
{
int err;
err = create_netdev(dev);
if (err) {
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, err, "creating netdev");
return (err);
}
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
SYSCTL_ADD_INT(device_get_sysctl_ctx(dev),
SYSCTL_CHILDREN(device_get_sysctl_tree(dev)),
OID_AUTO, "enable_lro", CTLTYPE_INT|CTLFLAG_RW,
&xn_enable_lro, 0, "Large Receive Offload");
#endif
return (0);
}
static int
netfront_suspend(device_t dev)
{
struct netfront_info *info = device_get_softc(dev);
XN_RX_LOCK(info);
XN_TX_LOCK(info);
netfront_carrier_off(info);
XN_TX_UNLOCK(info);
XN_RX_UNLOCK(info);
return (0);
}
/**
* We are reconnecting to the backend, due to a suspend/resume, or a backend
* driver restart. We tear down our netif structure and recreate it, but
* leave the device-layer structures intact so that this is transparent to the
* rest of the kernel.
*/
static int
netfront_resume(device_t dev)
{
struct netfront_info *info = device_get_softc(dev);
netif_disconnect_backend(info);
return (0);
}
/* Common code used when first setting up, and when resuming. */
static int
talk_to_backend(device_t dev, struct netfront_info *info)
{
const char *message;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
struct xs_transaction xst;
const char *node = xenbus_get_node(dev);
int err;
err = xen_net_read_mac(dev, info->mac);
if (err) {
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, err, "parsing %s/mac", node);
goto out;
}
/* Create shared ring, alloc event channel. */
err = setup_device(dev, info);
if (err)
goto out;
again:
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_transaction_start(&xst);
if (err) {
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, err, "starting transaction");
goto destroy_ring;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "tx-ring-ref","%u",
info->tx_ring_ref);
if (err) {
message = "writing tx ring-ref";
goto abort_transaction;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "rx-ring-ref","%u",
info->rx_ring_ref);
if (err) {
message = "writing rx ring-ref";
goto abort_transaction;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node,
"event-channel", "%u", irq_to_evtchn_port(info->irq));
if (err) {
message = "writing event-channel";
goto abort_transaction;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "request-rx-copy", "%u",
info->copying_receiver);
if (err) {
message = "writing request-rx-copy";
goto abort_transaction;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "feature-rx-notify", "%d", 1);
if (err) {
message = "writing feature-rx-notify";
goto abort_transaction;
}
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "feature-sg", "%d", 1);
if (err) {
message = "writing feature-sg";
goto abort_transaction;
}
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_printf(xst, node, "feature-gso-tcpv4", "%d", 1);
if (err) {
message = "writing feature-gso-tcpv4";
goto abort_transaction;
}
#endif
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
err = xs_transaction_end(xst, 0);
if (err) {
if (err == EAGAIN)
goto again;
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, err, "completing transaction");
goto destroy_ring;
}
return 0;
abort_transaction:
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
xs_transaction_end(xst, 1);
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, err, "%s", message);
destroy_ring:
netif_free(info);
out:
return err;
}
static int
setup_device(device_t dev, struct netfront_info *info)
{
netif_tx_sring_t *txs;
netif_rx_sring_t *rxs;
int error;
struct ifnet *ifp;
ifp = info->xn_ifp;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
info->tx_ring_ref = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
info->rx_ring_ref = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
info->rx.sring = NULL;
info->tx.sring = NULL;
info->irq = 0;
txs = (netif_tx_sring_t *)malloc(PAGE_SIZE, M_DEVBUF, M_NOWAIT|M_ZERO);
if (!txs) {
error = ENOMEM;
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, error, "allocating tx ring page");
goto fail;
}
SHARED_RING_INIT(txs);
FRONT_RING_INIT(&info->tx, txs, PAGE_SIZE);
error = xenbus_grant_ring(dev, virt_to_mfn(txs), &info->tx_ring_ref);
if (error)
goto fail;
rxs = (netif_rx_sring_t *)malloc(PAGE_SIZE, M_DEVBUF, M_NOWAIT|M_ZERO);
if (!rxs) {
error = ENOMEM;
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, error, "allocating rx ring page");
goto fail;
}
SHARED_RING_INIT(rxs);
FRONT_RING_INIT(&info->rx, rxs, PAGE_SIZE);
error = xenbus_grant_ring(dev, virt_to_mfn(rxs), &info->rx_ring_ref);
if (error)
goto fail;
error = bind_listening_port_to_irqhandler(xenbus_get_otherend_id(dev),
"xn", xn_intr, info, INTR_TYPE_NET | INTR_MPSAFE, &info->irq);
if (error) {
xenbus_dev_fatal(dev, error,
"bind_evtchn_to_irqhandler failed");
goto fail;
}
show_device(info);
return (0);
fail:
netif_free(info);
return (error);
}
#ifdef INET
/**
* If this interface has an ipv4 address, send an arp for it. This
* helps to get the network going again after migrating hosts.
*/
static void
netfront_send_fake_arp(device_t dev, struct netfront_info *info)
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
ifp = info->xn_ifp;
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
}
}
}
#endif
/**
* Callback received when the backend's state changes.
*/
Monitor and emit events for XenStore changes to XenBus trees of the devices we manage. These changes can be due to writes we make ourselves or due to changes made by the control domain. The goal of these changes is to insure that all state transitions can be detected regardless of their source and to allow common device policies (e.g. "onlined" backend devices) to be centralized in the XenBus bus code. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_if.m: Add a new method for XenBus drivers "localend_changed". This method is invoked whenever a write is detected to a device's XenBus tree. The default implementation of this method is a no-op. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_if.m: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Change the signature of the "otherend_changed" method. This notification cannot fail, so it should return void. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: Add "online" device handling to the XenBus Back Bus support code. An online backend device remains active after a front-end detaches as a reconnect is expected to occur in the near future. sys/xen/interface/io/xenbus.h: Add comment block further explaining the meaning and driver responsibilities associated with the XenBus Closed state. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: o Register a XenStore watch against the local XenBus tree for all devices. o Cache the string length of the path to our local tree. o Allow the xenbus front and back drivers to hook/filter both local and otherend watch processing. o Update the device ivar version of "state" when we detect a XenStore update of that node. sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: Allow clients of the XenStore watch mechanism to attach a single uintptr_t worth of client data to the watch. This removes the need to carefully place client watch data within enclosing objects so that a cast or offsetof calculation can be used to convert from watch to enclosing object. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation MFC after: 1 week
2011-06-11 04:59:01 +00:00
static void
netfront_backend_changed(device_t dev, XenbusState newstate)
{
struct netfront_info *sc = device_get_softc(dev);
DPRINTK("newstate=%d\n", newstate);
switch (newstate) {
case XenbusStateInitialising:
case XenbusStateInitialised:
case XenbusStateConnected:
case XenbusStateUnknown:
case XenbusStateClosed:
case XenbusStateReconfigured:
case XenbusStateReconfiguring:
break;
case XenbusStateInitWait:
if (xenbus_get_state(dev) != XenbusStateInitialising)
break;
if (network_connect(sc) != 0)
break;
xenbus_set_state(dev, XenbusStateConnected);
#ifdef INET
netfront_send_fake_arp(dev, sc);
#endif
break;
case XenbusStateClosing:
xenbus_set_state(dev, XenbusStateClosed);
break;
}
}
static void
xn_free_rx_ring(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
#if 0
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NET_RX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
if (sc->xn_cdata.rx_mbufs[i] != NULL) {
m_freem(sc->rx_mbufs[i]);
sc->rx_mbufs[i] = NULL;
}
}
sc->rx.rsp_cons = 0;
sc->xn_rx_if->req_prod = 0;
sc->xn_rx_if->event = sc->rx.rsp_cons ;
#endif
}
static void
xn_free_tx_ring(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
#if 0
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NET_TX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
if (sc->tx_mbufs[i] != NULL) {
m_freem(sc->tx_mbufs[i]);
sc->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain[i] = NULL;
}
}
return;
#endif
}
/**
* \brief Verify that there is sufficient space in the Tx ring
* buffer for a maximally sized request to be enqueued.
*
* A transmit request requires a transmit descriptor for each packet
* fragment, plus up to 2 entries for "options" (e.g. TSO).
*/
static inline int
xn_tx_slot_available(struct netfront_info *np)
{
return (RING_FREE_REQUESTS(&np->tx) > (MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS + 2));
}
static void
netif_release_tx_bufs(struct netfront_info *np)
{
int i;
for (i = 1; i <= NET_TX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
struct mbuf *m;
m = np->tx_mbufs[i];
/*
* We assume that no kernel addresses are
* less than NET_TX_RING_SIZE. Any entry
* in the table that is below this number
* must be an index from free-list tracking.
*/
if (((uintptr_t)m) <= NET_TX_RING_SIZE)
continue;
gnttab_end_foreign_access_ref(np->grant_tx_ref[i]);
gnttab_release_grant_reference(&np->gref_tx_head,
np->grant_tx_ref[i]);
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
np->grant_tx_ref[i] = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
add_id_to_freelist(np->tx_mbufs, i);
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
np->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt--;
if (np->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt < 0) {
panic("netif_release_tx_bufs: tx_chain_cnt must be >= 0");
}
m_free(m);
}
}
static void
network_alloc_rx_buffers(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
int otherend_id = xenbus_get_otherend_id(sc->xbdev);
unsigned short id;
struct mbuf *m_new;
int i, batch_target, notify;
RING_IDX req_prod;
struct xen_memory_reservation reservation;
grant_ref_t ref;
int nr_flips;
netif_rx_request_t *req;
vm_offset_t vaddr;
u_long pfn;
req_prod = sc->rx.req_prod_pvt;
if (unlikely(sc->carrier == 0))
return;
/*
* Allocate mbufs greedily, even though we batch updates to the
* receive ring. This creates a less bursty demand on the memory
* allocator, and so should reduce the chance of failed allocation
* requests both for ourself and for other kernel subsystems.
*
* Here we attempt to maintain rx_target buffers in flight, counting
* buffers that we have yet to process in the receive ring.
*/
batch_target = sc->rx_target - (req_prod - sc->rx.rsp_cons);
for (i = mbufq_len(&sc->xn_rx_batch); i < batch_target; i++) {
MGETHDR(m_new, M_DONTWAIT, MT_DATA);
if (m_new == NULL) {
printf("%s: MGETHDR failed\n", __func__);
goto no_mbuf;
}
m_cljget(m_new, M_DONTWAIT, MJUMPAGESIZE);
if ((m_new->m_flags & M_EXT) == 0) {
printf("%s: m_cljget failed\n", __func__);
m_freem(m_new);
no_mbuf:
if (i != 0)
goto refill;
/*
* XXX set timer
*/
break;
}
m_new->m_len = m_new->m_pkthdr.len = MJUMPAGESIZE;
/* queue the mbufs allocated */
mbufq_tail(&sc->xn_rx_batch, m_new);
}
/*
* If we've allocated at least half of our target number of entries,
* submit them to the backend - we have enough to make the overhead
* of submission worthwhile. Otherwise wait for more mbufs and
* request entries to become available.
*/
if (i < (sc->rx_target/2)) {
if (req_prod >sc->rx.sring->req_prod)
goto push;
return;
}
/*
* Double floating fill target if we risked having the backend
* run out of empty buffers for receive traffic. We define "running
* low" as having less than a fourth of our target buffers free
* at the time we refilled the queue.
*/
if ((req_prod - sc->rx.sring->rsp_prod) < (sc->rx_target / 4)) {
sc->rx_target *= 2;
if (sc->rx_target > sc->rx_max_target)
sc->rx_target = sc->rx_max_target;
}
refill:
for (nr_flips = i = 0; ; i++) {
if ((m_new = mbufq_dequeue(&sc->xn_rx_batch)) == NULL)
break;
m_new->m_ext.ext_arg1 = (vm_paddr_t *)(uintptr_t)(
vtophys(m_new->m_ext.ext_buf) >> PAGE_SHIFT);
id = xennet_rxidx(req_prod + i);
KASSERT(sc->rx_mbufs[id] == NULL, ("non-NULL xm_rx_chain"));
sc->rx_mbufs[id] = m_new;
ref = gnttab_claim_grant_reference(&sc->gref_rx_head);
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
KASSERT(ref != GNTTAB_LIST_END,
("reserved grant references exhuasted"));
sc->grant_rx_ref[id] = ref;
vaddr = mtod(m_new, vm_offset_t);
pfn = vtophys(vaddr) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
req = RING_GET_REQUEST(&sc->rx, req_prod + i);
if (sc->copying_receiver == 0) {
gnttab_grant_foreign_transfer_ref(ref,
otherend_id, pfn);
sc->rx_pfn_array[nr_flips] = PFNTOMFN(pfn);
if (!xen_feature(XENFEAT_auto_translated_physmap)) {
/* Remove this page before passing
* back to Xen.
*/
set_phys_to_machine(pfn, INVALID_P2M_ENTRY);
MULTI_update_va_mapping(&sc->rx_mcl[i],
vaddr, 0, 0);
}
nr_flips++;
} else {
gnttab_grant_foreign_access_ref(ref,
otherend_id,
PFNTOMFN(pfn), 0);
}
req->id = id;
req->gref = ref;
sc->rx_pfn_array[i] =
vtomach(mtod(m_new,vm_offset_t)) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
}
KASSERT(i, ("no mbufs processed")); /* should have returned earlier */
KASSERT(mbufq_len(&sc->xn_rx_batch) == 0, ("not all mbufs processed"));
/*
* We may have allocated buffers which have entries outstanding
* in the page * update queue -- make sure we flush those first!
*/
PT_UPDATES_FLUSH();
if (nr_flips != 0) {
#ifdef notyet
/* Tell the ballon driver what is going on. */
balloon_update_driver_allowance(i);
#endif
set_xen_guest_handle(reservation.extent_start, sc->rx_pfn_array);
reservation.nr_extents = i;
reservation.extent_order = 0;
reservation.address_bits = 0;
reservation.domid = DOMID_SELF;
if (!xen_feature(XENFEAT_auto_translated_physmap)) {
/* After all PTEs have been zapped, flush the TLB. */
sc->rx_mcl[i-1].args[MULTI_UVMFLAGS_INDEX] =
UVMF_TLB_FLUSH|UVMF_ALL;
/* Give away a batch of pages. */
sc->rx_mcl[i].op = __HYPERVISOR_memory_op;
sc->rx_mcl[i].args[0] = XENMEM_decrease_reservation;
sc->rx_mcl[i].args[1] = (u_long)&reservation;
/* Zap PTEs and give away pages in one big multicall. */
(void)HYPERVISOR_multicall(sc->rx_mcl, i+1);
/* Check return status of HYPERVISOR_dom_mem_op(). */
if (unlikely(sc->rx_mcl[i].result != i))
panic("Unable to reduce memory reservation\n");
} else {
if (HYPERVISOR_memory_op(
XENMEM_decrease_reservation, &reservation)
!= i)
panic("Unable to reduce memory "
"reservation\n");
}
} else {
wmb();
}
/* Above is a suitable barrier to ensure backend will see requests. */
sc->rx.req_prod_pvt = req_prod + i;
push:
RING_PUSH_REQUESTS_AND_CHECK_NOTIFY(&sc->rx, notify);
if (notify)
notify_remote_via_irq(sc->irq);
}
static void
xn_rxeof(struct netfront_info *np)
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
struct lro_ctrl *lro = &np->xn_lro;
struct lro_entry *queued;
#endif
struct netfront_rx_info rinfo;
struct netif_rx_response *rx = &rinfo.rx;
struct netif_extra_info *extras = rinfo.extras;
RING_IDX i, rp;
multicall_entry_t *mcl;
struct mbuf *m;
struct mbuf_head rxq, errq;
int err, pages_flipped = 0, work_to_do;
do {
XN_RX_LOCK_ASSERT(np);
if (!netfront_carrier_ok(np))
return;
mbufq_init(&errq);
mbufq_init(&rxq);
ifp = np->xn_ifp;
rp = np->rx.sring->rsp_prod;
rmb(); /* Ensure we see queued responses up to 'rp'. */
i = np->rx.rsp_cons;
while ((i != rp)) {
memcpy(rx, RING_GET_RESPONSE(&np->rx, i), sizeof(*rx));
memset(extras, 0, sizeof(rinfo.extras));
m = NULL;
err = xennet_get_responses(np, &rinfo, rp, &i, &m,
&pages_flipped);
if (unlikely(err)) {
if (m)
mbufq_tail(&errq, m);
np->stats.rx_errors++;
continue;
}
m->m_pkthdr.rcvif = ifp;
if ( rx->flags & NETRXF_data_validated ) {
/* Tell the stack the checksums are okay */
/*
* XXX this isn't necessarily the case - need to add
* check
*/
m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags |=
(CSUM_IP_CHECKED | CSUM_IP_VALID | CSUM_DATA_VALID
| CSUM_PSEUDO_HDR);
m->m_pkthdr.csum_data = 0xffff;
}
np->stats.rx_packets++;
np->stats.rx_bytes += m->m_pkthdr.len;
mbufq_tail(&rxq, m);
np->rx.rsp_cons = i;
}
if (pages_flipped) {
/* Some pages are no longer absent... */
#ifdef notyet
balloon_update_driver_allowance(-pages_flipped);
#endif
/* Do all the remapping work, and M->P updates, in one big
* hypercall.
*/
if (!!xen_feature(XENFEAT_auto_translated_physmap)) {
mcl = np->rx_mcl + pages_flipped;
mcl->op = __HYPERVISOR_mmu_update;
mcl->args[0] = (u_long)np->rx_mmu;
mcl->args[1] = pages_flipped;
mcl->args[2] = 0;
mcl->args[3] = DOMID_SELF;
(void)HYPERVISOR_multicall(np->rx_mcl,
pages_flipped + 1);
}
}
while ((m = mbufq_dequeue(&errq)))
m_freem(m);
/*
* Process all the mbufs after the remapping is complete.
* Break the mbuf chain first though.
*/
while ((m = mbufq_dequeue(&rxq)) != NULL) {
ifp->if_ipackets++;
/*
* Do we really need to drop the rx lock?
*/
XN_RX_UNLOCK(np);
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
/* Use LRO if possible */
if ((ifp->if_capenable & IFCAP_LRO) == 0 ||
lro->lro_cnt == 0 || tcp_lro_rx(lro, m, 0)) {
/*
* If LRO fails, pass up to the stack
* directly.
*/
(*ifp->if_input)(ifp, m);
}
#else
(*ifp->if_input)(ifp, m);
#endif
XN_RX_LOCK(np);
}
np->rx.rsp_cons = i;
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
/*
* Flush any outstanding LRO work
*/
while (!SLIST_EMPTY(&lro->lro_active)) {
queued = SLIST_FIRST(&lro->lro_active);
SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&lro->lro_active, next);
tcp_lro_flush(lro, queued);
}
#endif
#if 0
/* If we get a callback with very few responses, reduce fill target. */
/* NB. Note exponential increase, linear decrease. */
if (((np->rx.req_prod_pvt - np->rx.sring->rsp_prod) >
((3*np->rx_target) / 4)) && (--np->rx_target < np->rx_min_target))
np->rx_target = np->rx_min_target;
#endif
network_alloc_rx_buffers(np);
RING_FINAL_CHECK_FOR_RESPONSES(&np->rx, work_to_do);
} while (work_to_do);
}
static void
xn_txeof(struct netfront_info *np)
{
RING_IDX i, prod;
unsigned short id;
struct ifnet *ifp;
netif_tx_response_t *txr;
struct mbuf *m;
XN_TX_LOCK_ASSERT(np);
if (!netfront_carrier_ok(np))
return;
ifp = np->xn_ifp;
do {
prod = np->tx.sring->rsp_prod;
rmb(); /* Ensure we see responses up to 'rp'. */
for (i = np->tx.rsp_cons; i != prod; i++) {
txr = RING_GET_RESPONSE(&np->tx, i);
if (txr->status == NETIF_RSP_NULL)
continue;
if (txr->status != NETIF_RSP_OKAY) {
printf("%s: WARNING: response is %d!\n",
__func__, txr->status);
}
id = txr->id;
m = np->tx_mbufs[id];
KASSERT(m != NULL, ("mbuf not found in xn_tx_chain"));
KASSERT((uintptr_t)m > NET_TX_RING_SIZE,
("mbuf already on the free list, but we're "
"trying to free it again!"));
M_ASSERTVALID(m);
/*
* Increment packet count if this is the last
* mbuf of the chain.
*/
if (!m->m_next)
ifp->if_opackets++;
if (unlikely(gnttab_query_foreign_access(
np->grant_tx_ref[id]) != 0)) {
panic("grant id %u still in use by the backend",
id);
}
gnttab_end_foreign_access_ref(
np->grant_tx_ref[id]);
gnttab_release_grant_reference(
&np->gref_tx_head, np->grant_tx_ref[id]);
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
np->grant_tx_ref[id] = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
np->tx_mbufs[id] = NULL;
add_id_to_freelist(np->tx_mbufs, id);
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
np->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt--;
m_free(m);
/* Only mark the queue active if we've freed up at least one slot to try */
ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_OACTIVE;
}
np->tx.rsp_cons = prod;
/*
* Set a new event, then check for race with update of
* tx_cons. Note that it is essential to schedule a
* callback, no matter how few buffers are pending. Even if
* there is space in the transmit ring, higher layers may
* be blocked because too much data is outstanding: in such
* cases notification from Xen is likely to be the only kick
* that we'll get.
*/
np->tx.sring->rsp_event =
prod + ((np->tx.sring->req_prod - prod) >> 1) + 1;
mb();
} while (prod != np->tx.sring->rsp_prod);
if (np->tx_full &&
((np->tx.sring->req_prod - prod) < NET_TX_RING_SIZE)) {
np->tx_full = 0;
#if 0
if (np->user_state == UST_OPEN)
netif_wake_queue(dev);
#endif
}
}
static void
xn_intr(void *xsc)
{
struct netfront_info *np = xsc;
struct ifnet *ifp = np->xn_ifp;
#if 0
if (!(np->rx.rsp_cons != np->rx.sring->rsp_prod &&
likely(netfront_carrier_ok(np)) &&
ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING))
return;
#endif
if (RING_HAS_UNCONSUMED_RESPONSES(&np->tx)) {
XN_TX_LOCK(np);
xn_txeof(np);
XN_TX_UNLOCK(np);
}
XN_RX_LOCK(np);
xn_rxeof(np);
XN_RX_UNLOCK(np);
if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING &&
!IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(&ifp->if_snd))
xn_start(ifp);
}
static void
xennet_move_rx_slot(struct netfront_info *np, struct mbuf *m,
grant_ref_t ref)
{
int new = xennet_rxidx(np->rx.req_prod_pvt);
KASSERT(np->rx_mbufs[new] == NULL, ("rx_mbufs != NULL"));
np->rx_mbufs[new] = m;
np->grant_rx_ref[new] = ref;
RING_GET_REQUEST(&np->rx, np->rx.req_prod_pvt)->id = new;
RING_GET_REQUEST(&np->rx, np->rx.req_prod_pvt)->gref = ref;
np->rx.req_prod_pvt++;
}
static int
xennet_get_extras(struct netfront_info *np,
struct netif_extra_info *extras, RING_IDX rp, RING_IDX *cons)
{
struct netif_extra_info *extra;
int err = 0;
do {
struct mbuf *m;
grant_ref_t ref;
if (unlikely(*cons + 1 == rp)) {
#if 0
if (net_ratelimit())
WPRINTK("Missing extra info\n");
#endif
err = EINVAL;
break;
}
extra = (struct netif_extra_info *)
RING_GET_RESPONSE(&np->rx, ++(*cons));
if (unlikely(!extra->type ||
extra->type >= XEN_NETIF_EXTRA_TYPE_MAX)) {
#if 0
if (net_ratelimit())
WPRINTK("Invalid extra type: %d\n",
extra->type);
#endif
err = EINVAL;
} else {
memcpy(&extras[extra->type - 1], extra, sizeof(*extra));
}
m = xennet_get_rx_mbuf(np, *cons);
ref = xennet_get_rx_ref(np, *cons);
xennet_move_rx_slot(np, m, ref);
} while (extra->flags & XEN_NETIF_EXTRA_FLAG_MORE);
return err;
}
static int
xennet_get_responses(struct netfront_info *np,
struct netfront_rx_info *rinfo, RING_IDX rp, RING_IDX *cons,
struct mbuf **list,
int *pages_flipped_p)
{
int pages_flipped = *pages_flipped_p;
struct mmu_update *mmu;
struct multicall_entry *mcl;
struct netif_rx_response *rx = &rinfo->rx;
struct netif_extra_info *extras = rinfo->extras;
struct mbuf *m, *m0, *m_prev;
grant_ref_t ref = xennet_get_rx_ref(np, *cons);
RING_IDX ref_cons = *cons;
int frags = 1;
int err = 0;
u_long ret;
m0 = m = m_prev = xennet_get_rx_mbuf(np, *cons);
if (rx->flags & NETRXF_extra_info) {
err = xennet_get_extras(np, extras, rp, cons);
}
if (m0 != NULL) {
m0->m_pkthdr.len = 0;
m0->m_next = NULL;
}
for (;;) {
u_long mfn;
#if 0
DPRINTK("rx->status=%hd rx->offset=%hu frags=%u\n",
rx->status, rx->offset, frags);
#endif
if (unlikely(rx->status < 0 ||
rx->offset + rx->status > PAGE_SIZE)) {
#if 0
if (net_ratelimit())
WPRINTK("rx->offset: %x, size: %u\n",
rx->offset, rx->status);
#endif
xennet_move_rx_slot(np, m, ref);
if (m0 == m)
m0 = NULL;
m = NULL;
err = EINVAL;
goto next_skip_queue;
}
/*
* This definitely indicates a bug, either in this driver or in
* the backend driver. In future this should flag the bad
* situation to the system controller to reboot the backed.
*/
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
if (ref == GRANT_REF_INVALID) {
#if 0
if (net_ratelimit())
WPRINTK("Bad rx response id %d.\n", rx->id);
#endif
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
printf("%s: Bad rx response id %d.\n", __func__,rx->id);
err = EINVAL;
goto next;
}
if (!np->copying_receiver) {
/* Memory pressure, insufficient buffer
* headroom, ...
*/
if (!(mfn = gnttab_end_foreign_transfer_ref(ref))) {
WPRINTK("Unfulfilled rx req (id=%d, st=%d).\n",
rx->id, rx->status);
xennet_move_rx_slot(np, m, ref);
err = ENOMEM;
goto next;
}
if (!xen_feature( XENFEAT_auto_translated_physmap)) {
/* Remap the page. */
void *vaddr = mtod(m, void *);
uint32_t pfn;
mcl = np->rx_mcl + pages_flipped;
mmu = np->rx_mmu + pages_flipped;
MULTI_update_va_mapping(mcl, (u_long)vaddr,
(((vm_paddr_t)mfn) << PAGE_SHIFT) | PG_RW |
PG_V | PG_M | PG_A, 0);
pfn = (uintptr_t)m->m_ext.ext_arg1;
mmu->ptr = ((vm_paddr_t)mfn << PAGE_SHIFT) |
MMU_MACHPHYS_UPDATE;
mmu->val = pfn;
set_phys_to_machine(pfn, mfn);
}
pages_flipped++;
} else {
ret = gnttab_end_foreign_access_ref(ref);
KASSERT(ret, ("ret != 0"));
}
gnttab_release_grant_reference(&np->gref_rx_head, ref);
next:
if (m == NULL)
break;
m->m_len = rx->status;
m->m_data += rx->offset;
m0->m_pkthdr.len += rx->status;
next_skip_queue:
if (!(rx->flags & NETRXF_more_data))
break;
if (*cons + frags == rp) {
if (net_ratelimit())
WPRINTK("Need more frags\n");
err = ENOENT;
printf("%s: cons %u frags %u rp %u, not enough frags\n",
__func__, *cons, frags, rp);
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
break;
}
/*
* Note that m can be NULL, if rx->status < 0 or if
* rx->offset + rx->status > PAGE_SIZE above.
*/
m_prev = m;
rx = RING_GET_RESPONSE(&np->rx, *cons + frags);
m = xennet_get_rx_mbuf(np, *cons + frags);
/*
* m_prev == NULL can happen if rx->status < 0 or if
* rx->offset + * rx->status > PAGE_SIZE above.
*/
if (m_prev != NULL)
m_prev->m_next = m;
/*
* m0 can be NULL if rx->status < 0 or if * rx->offset +
* rx->status > PAGE_SIZE above.
*/
if (m0 == NULL)
m0 = m;
m->m_next = NULL;
ref = xennet_get_rx_ref(np, *cons + frags);
ref_cons = *cons + frags;
frags++;
}
*list = m0;
*cons += frags;
*pages_flipped_p = pages_flipped;
return (err);
}
static void
xn_tick_locked(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
XN_RX_LOCK_ASSERT(sc);
callout_reset(&sc->xn_stat_ch, hz, xn_tick, sc);
/* XXX placeholder for printing debug information */
}
static void
xn_tick(void *xsc)
{
struct netfront_info *sc;
sc = xsc;
XN_RX_LOCK(sc);
xn_tick_locked(sc);
XN_RX_UNLOCK(sc);
}
/**
* \brief Count the number of fragments in an mbuf chain.
*
* Surprisingly, there isn't an M* macro for this.
*/
static inline int
xn_count_frags(struct mbuf *m)
{
int nfrags;
for (nfrags = 0; m != NULL; m = m->m_next)
nfrags++;
return (nfrags);
}
/**
* Given an mbuf chain, make sure we have enough room and then push
* it onto the transmit ring.
*/
static int
xn_assemble_tx_request(struct netfront_info *sc, struct mbuf *m_head)
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct mbuf *m;
u_int nfrags;
netif_extra_info_t *extra;
int otherend_id;
ifp = sc->xn_ifp;
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
/**
* Defragment the mbuf if necessary.
*/
nfrags = xn_count_frags(m_head);
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
/*
* Check to see whether this request is longer than netback
* can handle, and try to defrag it.
*/
/**
* It is a bit lame, but the netback driver in Linux can't
* deal with nfrags > MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS, which is a quirk of
* the Linux network stack.
*/
if (nfrags > sc->maxfrags) {
m = m_defrag(m_head, M_DONTWAIT);
if (!m) {
/*
* Defrag failed, so free the mbuf and
* therefore drop the packet.
*/
m_freem(m_head);
return (EMSGSIZE);
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
}
m_head = m;
}
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
/* Determine how many fragments now exist */
nfrags = xn_count_frags(m_head);
Ensure that there are enough TX mbuf ring slots available before beginning to dequeue a packet. The tx path was trying to ensure that enough Xenbus TX ring slots existed but it didn't check to see whether the mbuf TX ring slots were also available. They get freed in xn_txeof() which occurs after transmission, rather than earlier on in the process. (The same happens under Linux too.) Due to whatever reason (CPU use, scheduling, memory constraints, whatever) the mbuf TX ring may not have enough slots free and would allocate slot 0. This is used as the freelist head pointer to represent "free" mbuf TX ring slots; setting this to an actual mbuf value rather than an id crashes the code. This commit introduces some basic code to track the TX mbuf ring use and then (hopefully!) ensures that enough slots are free in said TX mbuf ring before it enters the actual work loop. A few notes: * Similar logic needs to be introduced to check there are enough actual slots available in the xenbuf TX ring. There's some logic which is invoked earlier but it doesn't hard-check against the number of available ring slots. Its trivial to do; I'll do it in a subsequent commit. * As I've now commented in the source, it is likely possible to deadlock the driver under certain conditions where the rings aren't receiving any changes (which I should enumerate) and thus Xen doesn't send any further software interrupts. I need to make sure that the timer(s) are running right and the queues are periodically kicked. PR: 134926
2009-05-27 02:49:08 +00:00
/*
* Check to see whether the defragmented packet has too many
* segments for the Linux netback driver.
*/
/**
* The FreeBSD TCP stack, with TSO enabled, can produce a chain
* of mbufs longer than Linux can handle. Make sure we don't
* pass a too-long chain over to the other side by dropping the
* packet. It doesn't look like there is currently a way to
* tell the TCP stack to generate a shorter chain of packets.
*/
if (nfrags > MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS) {
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("%s: nfrags %d > MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS %d, netback "
"won't be able to handle it, dropping\n",
__func__, nfrags, MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS);
#endif
m_freem(m_head);
return (EMSGSIZE);
}
/*
* This check should be redundant. We've already verified that we
* have enough slots in the ring to handle a packet of maximum
* size, and that our packet is less than the maximum size. Keep
* it in here as an assert for now just to make certain that
* xn_tx_chain_cnt is accurate.
*/
KASSERT((sc->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt + nfrags) <= NET_TX_RING_SIZE,
("%s: xn_tx_chain_cnt (%d) + nfrags (%d) > NET_TX_RING_SIZE "
"(%d)!", __func__, (int) sc->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt,
(int) nfrags, (int) NET_TX_RING_SIZE));
/*
* Start packing the mbufs in this chain into
* the fragment pointers. Stop when we run out
* of fragments or hit the end of the mbuf chain.
*/
m = m_head;
extra = NULL;
otherend_id = xenbus_get_otherend_id(sc->xbdev);
for (m = m_head; m; m = m->m_next) {
netif_tx_request_t *tx;
uintptr_t id;
grant_ref_t ref;
u_long mfn; /* XXX Wrong type? */
tx = RING_GET_REQUEST(&sc->tx, sc->tx.req_prod_pvt);
id = get_id_from_freelist(sc->tx_mbufs);
if (id == 0)
panic("xn_start_locked: was allocated the freelist head!\n");
sc->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt++;
if (sc->xn_cdata.xn_tx_chain_cnt > NET_TX_RING_SIZE)
panic("xn_start_locked: tx_chain_cnt must be <= NET_TX_RING_SIZE\n");
sc->tx_mbufs[id] = m;
tx->id = id;
ref = gnttab_claim_grant_reference(&sc->gref_tx_head);
KASSERT((short)ref >= 0, ("Negative ref"));
mfn = virt_to_mfn(mtod(m, vm_offset_t));
gnttab_grant_foreign_access_ref(ref, otherend_id,
mfn, GNTMAP_readonly);
tx->gref = sc->grant_tx_ref[id] = ref;
tx->offset = mtod(m, vm_offset_t) & (PAGE_SIZE - 1);
tx->flags = 0;
if (m == m_head) {
/*
* The first fragment has the entire packet
* size, subsequent fragments have just the
* fragment size. The backend works out the
* true size of the first fragment by
* subtracting the sizes of the other
* fragments.
*/
tx->size = m->m_pkthdr.len;
/*
* The first fragment contains the checksum flags
* and is optionally followed by extra data for
* TSO etc.
*/
/**
* CSUM_TSO requires checksum offloading.
* Some versions of FreeBSD fail to
* set CSUM_TCP in the CSUM_TSO case,
* so we have to test for CSUM_TSO
* explicitly.
*/
if (m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags
& (CSUM_DELAY_DATA | CSUM_TSO)) {
tx->flags |= (NETTXF_csum_blank
| NETTXF_data_validated);
}
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
if (m->m_pkthdr.csum_flags & CSUM_TSO) {
struct netif_extra_info *gso =
(struct netif_extra_info *)
RING_GET_REQUEST(&sc->tx,
++sc->tx.req_prod_pvt);
tx->flags |= NETTXF_extra_info;
gso->u.gso.size = m->m_pkthdr.tso_segsz;
gso->u.gso.type =
XEN_NETIF_GSO_TYPE_TCPV4;
gso->u.gso.pad = 0;
gso->u.gso.features = 0;
gso->type = XEN_NETIF_EXTRA_TYPE_GSO;
gso->flags = 0;
}
#endif
} else {
tx->size = m->m_len;
}
if (m->m_next)
tx->flags |= NETTXF_more_data;
sc->tx.req_prod_pvt++;
}
BPF_MTAP(ifp, m_head);
sc->stats.tx_bytes += m_head->m_pkthdr.len;
sc->stats.tx_packets++;
return (0);
}
static void
xn_start_locked(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
struct netfront_info *sc;
struct mbuf *m_head;
int notify;
sc = ifp->if_softc;
if (!netfront_carrier_ok(sc))
return;
/*
* While we have enough transmit slots available for at least one
* maximum-sized packet, pull mbufs off the queue and put them on
* the transmit ring.
*/
while (xn_tx_slot_available(sc)) {
IF_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m_head);
if (m_head == NULL)
break;
if (xn_assemble_tx_request(sc, m_head) != 0)
break;
}
RING_PUSH_REQUESTS_AND_CHECK_NOTIFY(&sc->tx, notify);
if (notify)
notify_remote_via_irq(sc->irq);
if (RING_FULL(&sc->tx)) {
sc->tx_full = 1;
#if 0
netif_stop_queue(dev);
#endif
}
}
static void
xn_start(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
struct netfront_info *sc;
sc = ifp->if_softc;
XN_TX_LOCK(sc);
xn_start_locked(ifp);
XN_TX_UNLOCK(sc);
}
/* equivalent of network_open() in Linux */
static void
xn_ifinit_locked(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
XN_LOCK_ASSERT(sc);
ifp = sc->xn_ifp;
if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING)
return;
xn_stop(sc);
network_alloc_rx_buffers(sc);
sc->rx.sring->rsp_event = sc->rx.rsp_cons + 1;
ifp->if_drv_flags |= IFF_DRV_RUNNING;
ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_OACTIVE;
if_link_state_change(ifp, LINK_STATE_UP);
callout_reset(&sc->xn_stat_ch, hz, xn_tick, sc);
}
static void
xn_ifinit(void *xsc)
{
struct netfront_info *sc = xsc;
XN_LOCK(sc);
xn_ifinit_locked(sc);
XN_UNLOCK(sc);
}
static int
xn_ioctl(struct ifnet *ifp, u_long cmd, caddr_t data)
{
struct netfront_info *sc = ifp->if_softc;
struct ifreq *ifr = (struct ifreq *) data;
#ifdef INET
struct ifaddr *ifa = (struct ifaddr *)data;
#endif
int mask, error = 0;
switch(cmd) {
case SIOCSIFADDR:
case SIOCGIFADDR:
#ifdef INET
XN_LOCK(sc);
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP;
if (!(ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING))
xn_ifinit_locked(sc);
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
XN_UNLOCK(sc);
} else {
XN_UNLOCK(sc);
#endif
error = ether_ioctl(ifp, cmd, data);
#ifdef INET
}
#endif
break;
case SIOCSIFMTU:
/* XXX can we alter the MTU on a VN ?*/
#ifdef notyet
if (ifr->ifr_mtu > XN_JUMBO_MTU)
error = EINVAL;
else
#endif
{
ifp->if_mtu = ifr->ifr_mtu;
ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~IFF_DRV_RUNNING;
xn_ifinit(sc);
}
break;
case SIOCSIFFLAGS:
XN_LOCK(sc);
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) {
/*
* If only the state of the PROMISC flag changed,
* then just use the 'set promisc mode' command
* instead of reinitializing the entire NIC. Doing
* a full re-init means reloading the firmware and
* waiting for it to start up, which may take a
* second or two.
*/
#ifdef notyet
/* No promiscuous mode with Xen */
if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING &&
ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC &&
!(sc->xn_if_flags & IFF_PROMISC)) {
XN_SETBIT(sc, XN_RX_MODE,
XN_RXMODE_RX_PROMISC);
} else if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING &&
!(ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) &&
sc->xn_if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
XN_CLRBIT(sc, XN_RX_MODE,
XN_RXMODE_RX_PROMISC);
} else
#endif
xn_ifinit_locked(sc);
} else {
if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) {
xn_stop(sc);
}
}
sc->xn_if_flags = ifp->if_flags;
XN_UNLOCK(sc);
error = 0;
break;
case SIOCSIFCAP:
mask = ifr->ifr_reqcap ^ ifp->if_capenable;
if (mask & IFCAP_TXCSUM) {
if (IFCAP_TXCSUM & ifp->if_capenable) {
ifp->if_capenable &= ~(IFCAP_TXCSUM|IFCAP_TSO4);
ifp->if_hwassist &= ~(CSUM_TCP | CSUM_UDP
| CSUM_IP | CSUM_TSO);
} else {
ifp->if_capenable |= IFCAP_TXCSUM;
ifp->if_hwassist |= (CSUM_TCP | CSUM_UDP
| CSUM_IP);
}
}
if (mask & IFCAP_RXCSUM) {
ifp->if_capenable ^= IFCAP_RXCSUM;
}
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
if (mask & IFCAP_TSO4) {
if (IFCAP_TSO4 & ifp->if_capenable) {
ifp->if_capenable &= ~IFCAP_TSO4;
ifp->if_hwassist &= ~CSUM_TSO;
} else if (IFCAP_TXCSUM & ifp->if_capenable) {
ifp->if_capenable |= IFCAP_TSO4;
ifp->if_hwassist |= CSUM_TSO;
} else {
IPRINTK("Xen requires tx checksum offload"
" be enabled to use TSO\n");
error = EINVAL;
}
}
if (mask & IFCAP_LRO) {
ifp->if_capenable ^= IFCAP_LRO;
}
#endif
error = 0;
break;
case SIOCADDMULTI:
case SIOCDELMULTI:
#ifdef notyet
if (ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_RUNNING) {
XN_LOCK(sc);
xn_setmulti(sc);
XN_UNLOCK(sc);
error = 0;
}
#endif
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case SIOCSIFMEDIA:
case SIOCGIFMEDIA:
error = ifmedia_ioctl(ifp, ifr, &sc->sc_media, cmd);
break;
default:
error = ether_ioctl(ifp, cmd, data);
}
return (error);
}
static void
xn_stop(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
XN_LOCK_ASSERT(sc);
ifp = sc->xn_ifp;
callout_stop(&sc->xn_stat_ch);
xn_free_rx_ring(sc);
xn_free_tx_ring(sc);
ifp->if_drv_flags &= ~(IFF_DRV_RUNNING | IFF_DRV_OACTIVE);
if_link_state_change(ifp, LINK_STATE_DOWN);
}
/* START of Xenolinux helper functions adapted to FreeBSD */
int
network_connect(struct netfront_info *np)
{
int i, requeue_idx, error;
grant_ref_t ref;
netif_rx_request_t *req;
u_int feature_rx_copy, feature_rx_flip;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
error = xs_scanf(XST_NIL, xenbus_get_otherend_path(np->xbdev),
"feature-rx-copy", NULL, "%u", &feature_rx_copy);
if (error)
feature_rx_copy = 0;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
error = xs_scanf(XST_NIL, xenbus_get_otherend_path(np->xbdev),
"feature-rx-flip", NULL, "%u", &feature_rx_flip);
if (error)
feature_rx_flip = 1;
/*
* Copy packets on receive path if:
* (a) This was requested by user, and the backend supports it; or
* (b) Flipping was requested, but this is unsupported by the backend.
*/
np->copying_receiver = ((MODPARM_rx_copy && feature_rx_copy) ||
(MODPARM_rx_flip && !feature_rx_flip));
/* Recovery procedure: */
error = talk_to_backend(np->xbdev, np);
if (error)
return (error);
/* Step 1: Reinitialise variables. */
xn_query_features(np);
xn_configure_features(np);
netif_release_tx_bufs(np);
/* Step 2: Rebuild the RX buffer freelist and the RX ring itself. */
for (requeue_idx = 0, i = 0; i < NET_RX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
struct mbuf *m;
u_long pfn;
if (np->rx_mbufs[i] == NULL)
continue;
m = np->rx_mbufs[requeue_idx] = xennet_get_rx_mbuf(np, i);
ref = np->grant_rx_ref[requeue_idx] = xennet_get_rx_ref(np, i);
req = RING_GET_REQUEST(&np->rx, requeue_idx);
pfn = vtophys(mtod(m, vm_offset_t)) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
if (!np->copying_receiver) {
gnttab_grant_foreign_transfer_ref(ref,
xenbus_get_otherend_id(np->xbdev),
pfn);
} else {
gnttab_grant_foreign_access_ref(ref,
xenbus_get_otherend_id(np->xbdev),
PFNTOMFN(pfn), 0);
}
req->gref = ref;
req->id = requeue_idx;
requeue_idx++;
}
np->rx.req_prod_pvt = requeue_idx;
/* Step 3: All public and private state should now be sane. Get
* ready to start sending and receiving packets and give the driver
* domain a kick because we've probably just requeued some
* packets.
*/
netfront_carrier_on(np);
notify_remote_via_irq(np->irq);
XN_TX_LOCK(np);
xn_txeof(np);
XN_TX_UNLOCK(np);
network_alloc_rx_buffers(np);
return (0);
}
static void
show_device(struct netfront_info *sc)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
if (sc) {
IPRINTK("<vif handle=%u %s(%s) evtchn=%u irq=%u tx=%p rx=%p>\n",
sc->xn_ifno,
be_state_name[sc->xn_backend_state],
sc->xn_user_state ? "open" : "closed",
sc->xn_evtchn,
sc->xn_irq,
sc->xn_tx_if,
sc->xn_rx_if);
} else {
IPRINTK("<vif NULL>\n");
}
#endif
}
static void
xn_query_features(struct netfront_info *np)
{
int val;
device_printf(np->xbdev, "backend features:");
if (xs_scanf(XST_NIL, xenbus_get_otherend_path(np->xbdev),
"feature-sg", NULL, "%d", &val) < 0)
val = 0;
np->maxfrags = 1;
if (val) {
np->maxfrags = MAX_TX_REQ_FRAGS;
printf(" feature-sg");
}
if (xs_scanf(XST_NIL, xenbus_get_otherend_path(np->xbdev),
"feature-gso-tcpv4", NULL, "%d", &val) < 0)
val = 0;
np->xn_ifp->if_capabilities &= ~(IFCAP_TSO4|IFCAP_LRO);
if (val) {
np->xn_ifp->if_capabilities |= IFCAP_TSO4|IFCAP_LRO;
printf(" feature-gso-tcp4");
}
printf("\n");
}
static int
xn_configure_features(struct netfront_info *np)
{
int err;
err = 0;
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
if ((np->xn_ifp->if_capenable & IFCAP_LRO) != 0)
tcp_lro_free(&np->xn_lro);
#endif
np->xn_ifp->if_capenable =
np->xn_ifp->if_capabilities & ~(IFCAP_LRO|IFCAP_TSO4);
np->xn_ifp->if_hwassist &= ~CSUM_TSO;
#if __FreeBSD_version >= 700000
if (xn_enable_lro && (np->xn_ifp->if_capabilities & IFCAP_LRO) != 0) {
err = tcp_lro_init(&np->xn_lro);
if (err) {
device_printf(np->xbdev, "LRO initialization failed\n");
} else {
np->xn_lro.ifp = np->xn_ifp;
np->xn_ifp->if_capenable |= IFCAP_LRO;
}
}
if ((np->xn_ifp->if_capabilities & IFCAP_TSO4) != 0) {
np->xn_ifp->if_capenable |= IFCAP_TSO4;
np->xn_ifp->if_hwassist |= CSUM_TSO;
}
#endif
return (err);
}
/** Create a network device.
* @param handle device handle
*/
int
create_netdev(device_t dev)
{
int i;
struct netfront_info *np;
int err;
struct ifnet *ifp;
np = device_get_softc(dev);
np->xbdev = dev;
XN_LOCK_INIT(np, xennetif);
ifmedia_init(&np->sc_media, 0, xn_ifmedia_upd, xn_ifmedia_sts);
ifmedia_add(&np->sc_media, IFM_ETHER|IFM_MANUAL, 0, NULL);
ifmedia_set(&np->sc_media, IFM_ETHER|IFM_MANUAL);
np->rx_target = RX_MIN_TARGET;
np->rx_min_target = RX_MIN_TARGET;
np->rx_max_target = RX_MAX_TARGET;
/* Initialise {tx,rx}_skbs to be a free chain containing every entry. */
for (i = 0; i <= NET_TX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
np->tx_mbufs[i] = (void *) ((u_long) i+1);
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
np->grant_tx_ref[i] = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
}
np->tx_mbufs[NET_TX_RING_SIZE] = (void *)0;
for (i = 0; i <= NET_RX_RING_SIZE; i++) {
np->rx_mbufs[i] = NULL;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
np->grant_rx_ref[i] = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
}
/* A grant for every tx ring slot */
if (gnttab_alloc_grant_references(NET_TX_RING_SIZE,
&np->gref_tx_head) != 0) {
IPRINTK("#### netfront can't alloc tx grant refs\n");
err = ENOMEM;
goto exit;
}
/* A grant for every rx ring slot */
if (gnttab_alloc_grant_references(RX_MAX_TARGET,
&np->gref_rx_head) != 0) {
WPRINTK("#### netfront can't alloc rx grant refs\n");
gnttab_free_grant_references(np->gref_tx_head);
err = ENOMEM;
goto exit;
}
err = xen_net_read_mac(dev, np->mac);
if (err)
goto out;
/* Set up ifnet structure */
ifp = np->xn_ifp = if_alloc(IFT_ETHER);
ifp->if_softc = np;
if_initname(ifp, "xn", device_get_unit(dev));
ifp->if_flags = IFF_BROADCAST | IFF_SIMPLEX | IFF_MULTICAST;
ifp->if_ioctl = xn_ioctl;
ifp->if_output = ether_output;
ifp->if_start = xn_start;
#ifdef notyet
ifp->if_watchdog = xn_watchdog;
#endif
ifp->if_init = xn_ifinit;
ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen = NET_TX_RING_SIZE - 1;
ifp->if_hwassist = XN_CSUM_FEATURES;
ifp->if_capabilities = IFCAP_HWCSUM;
ether_ifattach(ifp, np->mac);
callout_init(&np->xn_stat_ch, CALLOUT_MPSAFE);
netfront_carrier_off(np);
return (0);
exit:
gnttab_free_grant_references(np->gref_tx_head);
out:
return (err);
}
/**
* Handle the change of state of the backend to Closing. We must delete our
* device-layer structures now, to ensure that writes are flushed through to
* the backend. Once is this done, we can switch to Closed in
* acknowledgement.
*/
#if 0
static void
netfront_closing(device_t dev)
{
#if 0
struct netfront_info *info = dev->dev_driver_data;
DPRINTK("netfront_closing: %s removed\n", dev->nodename);
close_netdev(info);
#endif
xenbus_switch_state(dev, XenbusStateClosed);
}
#endif
static int
netfront_detach(device_t dev)
{
struct netfront_info *info = device_get_softc(dev);
DPRINTK("%s\n", xenbus_get_node(dev));
netif_free(info);
return 0;
}
static void
netif_free(struct netfront_info *info)
{
netif_disconnect_backend(info);
#if 0
close_netdev(info);
#endif
}
static void
netif_disconnect_backend(struct netfront_info *info)
{
XN_RX_LOCK(info);
XN_TX_LOCK(info);
netfront_carrier_off(info);
XN_TX_UNLOCK(info);
XN_RX_UNLOCK(info);
free_ring(&info->tx_ring_ref, &info->tx.sring);
free_ring(&info->rx_ring_ref, &info->rx.sring);
if (info->irq)
unbind_from_irqhandler(info->irq);
info->irq = 0;
}
static void
free_ring(int *ref, void *ring_ptr_ref)
{
void **ring_ptr_ptr = ring_ptr_ref;
if (*ref != GRANT_REF_INVALID) {
/* This API frees the associated storage. */
gnttab_end_foreign_access(*ref, *ring_ptr_ptr);
*ref = GRANT_REF_INVALID;
}
*ring_ptr_ptr = NULL;
}
static int
xn_ifmedia_upd(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
return (0);
}
static void
xn_ifmedia_sts(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifmediareq *ifmr)
{
ifmr->ifm_status = IFM_AVALID|IFM_ACTIVE;
ifmr->ifm_active = IFM_ETHER|IFM_MANUAL;
}
/* ** Driver registration ** */
static device_method_t netfront_methods[] = {
/* Device interface */
DEVMETHOD(device_probe, netfront_probe),
DEVMETHOD(device_attach, netfront_attach),
DEVMETHOD(device_detach, netfront_detach),
DEVMETHOD(device_shutdown, bus_generic_shutdown),
DEVMETHOD(device_suspend, netfront_suspend),
DEVMETHOD(device_resume, netfront_resume),
/* Xenbus interface */
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
DEVMETHOD(xenbus_otherend_changed, netfront_backend_changed),
{ 0, 0 }
};
static driver_t netfront_driver = {
"xn",
netfront_methods,
sizeof(struct netfront_info),
};
devclass_t netfront_devclass;
Improve the Xen para-virtualized device infrastructure of FreeBSD: o Add support for backend devices (e.g. blkback) o Implement extensions to the Xen para-virtualized block API to allow for larger and more outstanding I/Os. o Import a completely rewritten block back driver with support for fronting I/O to both raw devices and files. o General cleanup and documentation of the XenBus and XenStore support code. o Robustness and performance updates for the block front driver. o Fixes to the netfront driver. Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation sys/xen/xenbus/init.txt: Deleted: This file explains the Linux method for XenBus device enumeration and thus does not apply to FreeBSD's NewBus approach. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe_backend.c: Deleted: Linux version of backend XenBus service routines. It was never ported to FreeBSD. See xenbusb.c, xenbusb_if.m, xenbusb_front.c xenbusb_back.c for details of FreeBSD's XenBus support. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusvar.h: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_xs.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_comms.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstorevar.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Split XenStore into its own tree. XenBus is a software layer built on top of XenStore. The old arrangement and the naming of some structures and functions blurred these lines making it difficult to discern what services are provided by which layer and at what times these services are available (e.g. during system startup and shutdown). sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_client.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbus_probe.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.h: Split up XenBus code into methods available for use by client drivers (xenbus.c) and code used by the XenBus "bus code" to enumerate, attach, detach, and service bus drivers. sys/xen/reboot.c: sys/dev/xen/control/control.c: Add a XenBus front driver for handling shutdown, reboot, suspend, and resume events published in the XenStore. Move all PV suspend/reboot support from reboot.c into this driver. sys/xen/blkif.h: New file from Xen vendor with macros and structures used by a block back driver to service requests from a VM running a different ABI (e.g. amd64 back with i386 front). sys/conf/files: Adjust kernel build spec for new XenBus/XenStore layout and added Xen functionality. sys/dev/xen/balloon/balloon.c: sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... o Rename XenStore APIs and structures from xenbus_* to xs_*. o Adjust to use of M_XENBUS and M_XENSTORE malloc types for allocation of objects returned by these APIs. o Adjust for changes in the bus interface for Xen drivers. sys/xen/xenbus/... sys/xen/xenstore/... Add Doxygen comments for these interfaces and the code that implements them. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: o Rewrite the Block Back driver to attach properly via newbus, operate correctly in both PV and HVM mode regardless of domain (e.g. can be in a DOM other than 0), and to deal with the latest metadata available in XenStore for block devices. o Allow users to specify a file as a backend to blkback, in addition to character devices. Use the namei lookup of the backend path to automatically configure, based on file type, the appropriate backend method. The current implementation is limited to a single outstanding I/O at a time to file backed storage. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: sys/xen/blkif.h: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Extend the Xen blkif API: Negotiable request size and number of requests. This change extends the information recorded in the XenStore allowing block front/back devices to negotiate for optimal I/O parameters. This has been achieved without sacrificing backward compatibility with drivers that are unaware of these protocol enhancements. The extensions center around the connection protocol which now includes these additions: o The back-end device publishes its maximum supported values for, request I/O size, the number of page segments that can be associated with a request, the maximum number of requests that can be concurrently active, and the maximum number of pages that can be in the shared request ring. These values are published before the back-end enters the XenbusStateInitWait state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter either the InitWait or Initialize state. At this point, the front end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the backend, it's own maximums, or, should any back-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures including allocation of the shared ring, publishes its maximum capabilities to the XenStore and transitions to the Initialized state. o The back-end waits for the front-end to enter the Initalized state. At this point, the back end limits it's own capabilities to the lesser of the values it finds published by the frontend, it's own maximums, or, should any front-end data be missing in the store, the values supported by the original protocol. It then initializes it's internal data structures, attaches to the shared ring and transitions to the Connected state. o The front-end waits for the back-end to enter the Connnected state, transitions itself to the connected state, and can commence I/O. Although an updated front-end driver must be aware of the back-end's InitWait state, the back-end has been coded such that it can tolerate a front-end that skips this step and transitions directly to the Initialized state without waiting for the back-end. sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h: o Increase BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_REQUEST to 255. This is the maximum number possible without changing the blkif request header structure (nr_segs is a uint8_t). o Add two new constants: BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_HEADER_BLOCK, and BLKIF_MAX_SEGMENTS_PER_SEGMENT_BLOCK. These respectively indicate the number of segments that can fit in the first ring-buffer entry of a request, and for each subsequent (sg element only) ring-buffer entry associated with the "header" ring-buffer entry of the request. o Add the blkif_request_segment_t typedef for segment elements. o Add the BLKRING_GET_SG_REQUEST() macro which wraps the RING_GET_REQUEST() macro and returns a properly cast pointer to an array of blkif_request_segment_ts. o Add the BLKIF_SEGS_TO_BLOCKS() macro which calculates the number of ring entries that will be consumed by a blkif request with the given number of segments. sys/xen/blkif.h: o Update for changes in interface/io/blkif.h macros. o Update the BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS() macro to take the ring size as an argument to allow this calculation on multi-page rings. o Add a companion macro to BLKIF_MAX_RING_REQUESTS(), BLKIF_RING_PAGES(). This macro determines the number of ring pages required in order to support a ring with the supplied number of request blocks. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: o Negotiate with the other-end with the following limits: Reqeust Size: MAXPHYS Max Segments: (MAXPHYS/PAGE_SIZE) + 1 Max Requests: 256 Max Ring Pages: Sufficient to support Max Requests with Max Segments. o Dynamically allocate request pools and segemnts-per-request. o Update ring allocation/attachment code to support a multi-page shared ring. o Update routines that access the shared ring to handle multi-block requests. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: o Track blkfront allocations in a blkfront driver specific malloc pool. o Strip out XenStore transaction retry logic in the connection code. Transactions only need to be used when the update to multiple XenStore nodes must be atomic. That is not the case here. o Fully disable blkif_resume() until it can be fixed properly (it didn't work before this change). o Destroy bus-dma objects during device instance tear-down. o Properly handle backend devices with powef-of-2 sector sizes larger than 512b. sys/dev/xen/blkback/blkback.c: Advertise support for and implement the BLKIF_OP_WRITE_BARRIER and BLKIF_OP_FLUSH_DISKCACHE blkif opcodes using BIO_FLUSH and the BIO_ORDERED attribute of bios. sys/dev/xen/blkfront/blkfront.c: sys/dev/xen/blkfront/block.h: Fix various bugs in blkfront. o gnttab_alloc_grant_references() returns 0 for success and non-zero for failure. The check for < 0 is a leftover Linuxism. o When we negotiate with blkback and have to reduce some of our capabilities, print out the original and reduced capability before changing the local capability. So the user now gets the correct information. o Fix blkif_restart_queue_callback() formatting. Make sure we hold the mutex in that function before calling xb_startio(). o Fix a couple of KASSERT()s. o Fix a check in the xb_remove_* macro to be a little more specific. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Define GNTTAB_LIST_END publicly as GRANT_REF_INVALID. sys/dev/xen/netfront/netfront.c: Use GRANT_REF_INVALID instead of driver private definitions of the same constant. sys/xen/gnttab.h: sys/xen/gnttab.c: Add the gnttab_end_foreign_access_references() API. This API allows a client to batch the release of an array of grant references, instead of coding a private for loop. The implementation takes advantage of this batching to reduce lock overhead to one acquisition and release per-batch instead of per-freed grant reference. While here, reduce the duration the gnttab_list_lock is held during gnttab_free_grant_references() operations. The search to find the tail of the incoming free list does not rely on global state and so can be performed without holding the lock. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/evtchn.c: sys/dev/xen/evtchn/evtchn.c: sys/xen/xen_intr.h: o Implement the bind_interdomain_evtchn_to_irqhandler API for HVM mode. This allows an HVM domain to serve back end devices to other domains. This API is already implemented for PV mode. o Synchronize the API between HVM and PV. sys/dev/xen/xenpci/xenpci.c: o Scan the full region of CPUID space in which the Xen VMM interface may be implemented. On systems using SuSE as a Dom0 where the Viridian API is also exported, the VMM interface is above the region we used to search. o Pass through bus_alloc_resource() calls so that XenBus drivers attaching on an HVM system can allocate unused physical address space from the nexus. The block back driver makes use of this facility. sys/i386/xen/xen_machdep.c: Use the correct type for accessing the statically mapped xenstore metadata. sys/xen/interface/hvm/params.h: sys/xen/xenstore/xenstore.c: Move hvm_get_parameter() to the correct global header file instead of as a private method to the XenStore. sys/xen/interface/io/protocols.h: Sync with vendor. sys/xeninterface/io/ring.h: Add macro for calculating the number of ring pages needed for an N deep ring. To avoid duplication within the macros, create and use the new __RING_HEADER_SIZE() macro. This macro calculates the size of the ring book keeping struct (producer/consumer indexes, etc.) that resides at the head of the ring. Add the __RING_PAGES() macro which calculates the number of shared ring pages required to support a ring with the given number of requests. These APIs are used to support the multi-page ring version of the Xen block API. sys/xeninterface/io/xenbus.h: Add Comments. sys/xen/xenbus/... o Refactor the FreeBSD XenBus support code to allow for both front and backend device attachments. o Make use of new config_intr_hook capabilities to allow front and back devices to be probed/attached in parallel. o Fix bugs in probe/attach state machine that could cause the system to hang when confronted with a failure either in the local domain or in a remote domain to which one of our driver instances is attaching. o Publish all required state to the XenStore on device detach and failure. The majority of the missing functionality was for serving as a back end since the typical "hot-plug" scripts in Dom0 don't handle the case of cleaning up for a "service domain" that is not itself. o Add dynamic sysctl nodes exposing the generic ivars of XenBus devices. o Add doxygen style comments to the majority of the code. o Cleanup types, formatting, etc. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb.c: Common code used by both front and back XenBus busses. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_if.m: Method definitions for a XenBus bus. sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_front.c: sys/xen/xenbus/xenbusb_back.c: XenBus bus specialization for front and back devices. MFC after: 1 month
2010-10-19 20:53:30 +00:00
DRIVER_MODULE(xe, xenbusb_front, netfront_driver, netfront_devclass, 0, 0);